xref: /dports/graphics/openorienteering-mapper/mapper-0.9.2/translations/map_symbols_zh_Hans.ts

<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE TS>
<TS version="2.1" language="zh_Hans">
<context>
    <name>ISOM 2017-2</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>黑色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>铁路符号的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>棕色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号的紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号紫色下面的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>黑色 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>绿色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%/Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>黄色 100%/绿色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>黑色 25%（灰色）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%/Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%/黑色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>低矮植被的绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>黄色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>开阔地的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 m. A contour interval of 2.5 m may be used for flat terrains.
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A closed contour represents a knoll or a depression. A depression has to have at least one slope line. Minimum height/depth should be 1 m.
Relationships between adjacent contour lines are important. Adjacent contour lines show form and structure. Small details on contours should be avoided because they tend to hide the main features of the terrain.
Prominent features such as depressions, re-entrants, spurs, earth banks and terraces may have to be exaggerated.
Absolute height accuracy is of little importance, but the relative height difference between neighbouring features should be represented on the map as accurately as possible. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this improves the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval, and attention must be paid to neighbouring features.
The smallest bend in a contour line is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 4 m). The mouth of a re-entrant or a spur must be wider than 0.5 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 8 m).
The minimum length of a contour knoll is 0.9 mm (footprint 13.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m) outside measure. Smaller prominent knolls can be represented using symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110) or they can be exaggerated on the map to satisfy the minimum dimension.
A depression must accommodate a slope line, so the minimum length is 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m) outside measure. Smaller, prominent depressions can be represented using symbol Small depression (111) or they can be exaggerated to satisfy the minimum dimension.
Contours should be adapted (not broken) in order not to touch symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高的连接点。等高线之间的标准垂直距离是5米。平坦地形的等高线间距为2.5米。
在等高线的下侧可以画出坡度线，以明确坡度的方向。当使用时，他们应该放在山凹。
闭合的轮廓表示一个小山丘或洼地。凹地必须至少有一条斜线。最低高度/深度应为1米。
相邻的等高线之间的关系很重要。相邻的等高线表示形状和结构。轮廓上的小细节应该避免，因为它们往往掩盖了地形的主要特征。
如洼地、山凹、山凸、土坎和台地等突出的特征可能需要被夸大。
绝对高度精度并不重要，但相邻地物之间的相对高度差应尽可能准确地表示在地图上。允许稍微改变轮廓的高度，如果这样可以改进特征的表示。该偏差不应超过等值线间距的25%，应注意相邻特征。
等高线上的弯道最小为中线至中线0.25毫米(脚印4米)。重入中线或支线的开口，由中线至中线的宽度必须超过0.5毫米(脚印8米)。
轮廓丘的最小长度为0.9毫米(足迹13.5米)，最小宽度为0.6毫米(足迹9米)。小而突出的小山丘可以用符号Small knoll(109)或小而细长的knoll(110)来表示，也可以在地图上夸张以满足最小维度。
洼地必须能容纳一条斜坡线，因此最小长度为1.1毫米(占地16.5米)，最小宽度为0.7毫米(占地10.5米)。更小、突出的凹陷可以用符号Small depression(111)表示，也可以通过夸张来满足最小维度。
为了不接触符号小丘(109)或小伸长丘(110)，轮廓应适应(不破坏)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A depression has to have at least one slope line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线可画在等高线较低一侧，以说明斜坡的方向。使用时，应画在山窝内。
陷地必须绘有至少一条示坡线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface.
An index contour may be represented as an ordinary contour line in an area with much detail. Small contour knolls and depressions are normally not represented using index contours.
The index contour level must be carefully selected in flat terrain. The ideal level for the index contour is the central contour in the most prominent slopes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每第五条等高线须以较粗的线绘画，俾使读图者快速判读出高度差，及地势的大概形状。
在很细致的区域内，计曲线也可画成一般等高线。表示小丘或陷地的等高线通常不画成计曲线。
在平坦区域内，须小心选择计曲线的高度。计曲线的理想高度是最显著的斜坡的中央。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An index contour may have a height value assigned. A height value should only be inserted in an index contour in places where other detail is not obscured. It shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. The index value (label) shall be 1.5 mm high and represented in a sans-serif font.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>可以显示计曲线的高度。高度值不应遮挡其他细节。数字的方向应使得数字的顶部位于等高线较高一侧。高度值须为 1.5 mm 高，并以无衬线体表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form lines are used where more information must be given about the shape of the ground. Form lines are added only where representation would be incomplete with ordinary contours. They shall not be used as intermediate contours. Only one form line should be used between neighbouring contours. It is very important that a form line fits logically into the contour system, so the start and end of a form line should be parallel to the neighbouring contours. The gaps between the form line dashes must be placed on reasonably straight sections of the form line. Form lines can be used to differentiate flat knolls and depressions from more distinct ones (minimum height / depth should be 1 m). Excessive use of form lines must be avoided as this disturbs the three-dimensional picture of the ground shape and will complicate map reading.
Minimum length (non-closed): two dashes.
Minimum length of a form line, knoll or depression: 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the object must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Earth wall (105).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully which is too small to be shown using symbol Earth bank (104) is shown by a single line. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.15 mm (footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should not be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully, dry ditch or trench. Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum length (isolated): three dots (1.15 mm - footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious mound or knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 7.5 m x 7.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small depression or hollow without steep sides that is too small to be shown by contours.
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 2 m.
Small depressions with steep sides are represented with symbol Pit (112).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale using symbol Earth bank (104).
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 1 m.
A pit larger than 5 m x 5 m should normally be exaggerated and drawn using Earth bank (104). Pits without steep sides are represented with symbol Small depression (111).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and / or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable but has little impact on runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.5 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and / or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable but has little impact on runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.5 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and/or knolls, which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable and affects runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7 m x 7 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.38 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.25 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The feature must be very clearly distinguishable from its surroundings.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 11.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, plan shape representation (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave (without a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts without a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol shall be orientated to north.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).
Minimum depth: 1 m.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave or rocky pit (with a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts with a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave with distinct entrance (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boulder (should be higher than 1 m), which is immediately identifiable on the ground. Groups of boulders are represented using symbol Boulder cluster (207) or a boulder field symbol (208, 209).
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to enlarge the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 6 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some
of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. A large boulder should be more than 2 m high.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) large boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to reduce the size of the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 9 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.75 m).
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 67 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 1 m.
A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol to 120% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 10 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to use this symbol instead of regular Boulder cluster (207) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually and the runnability is affected, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A minimum of two triangles must be used.
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.6 mm.
Density: 2-3 symbols / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.45 mm.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.45 mm.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces the runnability significantly (to about 20-60% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.4 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.32 mm.
Density: 6-8 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which is hardly passable (less than 20% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7 m x 7 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.32 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.25 mm.
Density: 10-12 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground where runnability is reduced to less than 80% of normal speed.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation should be shown as bare rock.
An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation, shall not be shown using the bare rock symbol.
An area of less runnable bare rock should be shown using a stony ground symbol (210-212).
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky or artificial trench. Minimum depth should be 1 m.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint 15 m).
Shorter trenches may be exaggerated to the minimum graphical dimension.
Impassable trenches shall be represented using symbol Impassable cliff (201).
Collapsed and easily crossable trenches should be mapped as erosion gullies.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour), with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant), with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, with solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width (full colour): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (full colour): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width (full colour): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (full colour): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to represent the outline of a shallow body of water which is not seasonal or periodic.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, dashed outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to represent the outline of a shallow seasonal or periodic body of water.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow water bodies may be represented using this symbol (without an outline).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be at least 2 m wide.
Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor/seasonal water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (2.75 mm - footprint 41 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (inside). Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (inside).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (inside). Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (inside).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.4 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.4 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow (less than about 5 m wide) to be shown with the marsh symbol.
Minimum length (isolated): two dots (0.7 mm - footprint 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 2.0 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 30 m x 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 2.0 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 30 m x 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well, fountain or water tank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent well, fountain, water tank or captive spring.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A source of water.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to open downstream.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 7 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land that has a ground cover (grass, moss or similar) which offers better runnability than typical open forest. If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than Broken ground (113), Boulder field (208), Marsh (308) and Indistinct marsh (310).
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered bushes (green dots)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass offering the same runnability as typical open forest.
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered bushes (green dots)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m) for openings in screens of other colours, except for the following:
For openings in symbol Open land (401), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: walk (408), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: fight (410) the minimum area is 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility and reduced runnability, due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches). Running speed is reduced to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1.5 mm x 1 mm (footprint 22.5 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility that is difficult to run through, due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches). Running speed is reduced to about 20-60% of normal speed.
Areas of good visibility that are very difficult to run or impassable are represented using symbol Vegetation: fight (410).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, walk in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is effectively impassable.
Minimum width: 0.35 mm</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, impassable (from ISOM 2017, first edition)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM 2000. Use either Vegetation: fight (410) or Area that shall not be entered (520) instead.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. For agroforestry, symbol Forest (405) or Open land with scattered trees (402) may be used instead of yellow.
Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol Out-of-bounds area (709) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 3 mm x 3 mm (footprint 45 m x 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land (black pattern)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land. This symbol must be used together with another symbol:
- For land used for growing crops, combine with symbol Open land (401).
- For agroforrestry, use with symbol Forest (405) or Open land with scattered trees (402).
Runnability may vary according to the type of crops or trees, and the time of year.
Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 3 mm x 3 mm (footprint 45 m x 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of cultivated land vegetation (symbols 401, 412, 413, 414) or a boundary between areas of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.).
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary, green dashed line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use sparingly, as it is easily mistaken for symbol Small knoll (109).
Footprint: 9.0 m x 9.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, 0.5 mm (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (6.25 mm - footprint 94 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An easily runnable path, bicycle track or old vehicle track.
For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4.25 mm - footprint 64 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.
For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (2.25 mm - footprint 34 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable less distinct / visible small path or forestry extraction track.
Minimum length: two sections of double dashes (5.3 mm - footprint 79.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Without background: the same runnability as the surroundings.
Yellow 100%: easy running.
White in green: normal runnability.
Green 30%: slow running.
Green 60%: walk.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, normal runnability</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track.
If it is forbidden to run along the railway, it shall be combined with symbol Out-of-bounds route (711). If it is forbidden to cross the railway, it must be combined with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) or Out-of-bounds area (709).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 60 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The line may be broken to improve legibility.
If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.
Minimum length (isolated): 5 mm (footprint: 75 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility.
Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25 mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5 mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A significant wall of stone, concrete, wood or other materials.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct wall. Minimum height 0.5 m.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the object
must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Wall (513).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall, normally more than 1.5 m high.
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct fence. If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the symbol must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Fence (516).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable fence, normally more than 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, solid colour, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined building. The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size. Ruins that are so small that they cannot be drawn to scale may be represented using a solid line.
Minimum area (outside measures): 0.8 mm x 0.8 mm (footprint 12 m x 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined building. The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size. Ruins that are so small that they cannot be drawn to scale may be represented using a solid line.
Minimum area (outside measures): 0.8 mm x 0.8 mm (footprint 12 m x 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. If it is in a forest, it must be visible above the level of the surrounding forest.Towers with a larger footprint must be represented using symbol Building (521).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 21 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 15 m x 15 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent cairn, memorial stone, boundary stone or trigonometric point.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack, which is free standing or attached to a tree.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent man-made line feature. For example, a low pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track that is clearly visible. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct stairway through the terrain which helps to climb very steep slopes or to cross over impassable objects. A stairway going through rock passages or between impassable objects may be drawn without border lines.
An easily runnable stairway or indistinct stairway should be drawn as a footpath. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, without border lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct stairway through the terrain which helps to climb very steep slopes or to cross over impassable objects. A stairway going through rock passages or between impassable objects may be drawn without border lines.
An easily runnable stairway or indistinct stairway should be drawn as a footpath. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks may be placed in the corners of the map. These can be used for printing courses on already printed maps. In addition, it allows a check of colour registration when printing colours separately.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre.
Water levels are given without the dot.
Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre.
Water levels are given without the dot.
Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>定向赛程的起点。三角形的中心位于赛程的确切起点。起点须为图上一个能够清晰辨认的点。三角形指向第一个控制点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>发图点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For point features, the centre of the circle shall be the centre of the symbol. For line and area features, the centre of the circle shows the precise position of the control marker. Controls shall only be placed on points that are clearly identifiable on the map.
Sections of the circle should be omitted to leave important detail showing.
Footprint 75 m</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route that is a part of the course. It is mandatory to follow the marked route.
Minimum length: 2 dashes (4.5 mm – footprint: 67.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.
An out-of-bounds boundary shall not be crossed.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint: 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
– a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
– a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
– no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point, for instance through or over a wall or fence, across a road or railway, through a tunnel or out-of-bounds area, or over an uncrossable boundary is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards. The lines shall reflect the length of the crossing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.
Minimum length: 2 symbols (6 mm – footprint 90 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route, single cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.
Minimum length: 2 symbols (6 mm – footprint 90 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISOM2017</name>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>黑色 25%（灰色）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>定向赛程的起点。三角形的中心位于赛程的确切起点。起点须为图上一个能够清晰辨认的点。三角形指向第一个控制点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>发图点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISOM2000</name>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the runner. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑、地洞，或矿井，可能对运动员构成危险。位于符号的重心。符号必须向北正置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol should be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞与岩坑以同一个符号表示，但表示山洞时，须将其尖端指向等高线较高一侧。符号的重心位于山洞的入口。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. For gigantic boulders symbol 202 should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大而明顯的岩石。更巨大的岩石應使用符號 202.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSprOM 2019</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>黑色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>铁路符号的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号的紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>棕色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over light brown</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower light brown</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>绿色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%/Yellow 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30% for bare rock</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>低矮植被的绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>黄色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>开阔地的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height.
The standard vertical interval between contours is 2 or 2.5 m. To emphasize the 3-dimensional effect of the contour line image, contour lines shall be represented as continuous lines through all symbols, also Building (521) and Canopy (522).
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
However, contour lines shall be cut out for better legibility, if they touch the following symbols: Small earth wall (105), Small knoll (109), Small elongated knoll (110), Small depression (111), Pit or hole (112), Prominent landform feature (115), Stairway (532). The relative height difference between neighbouring features must be represented on the map as accurately as possible. Absolute height accuracy is of less importance. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this will improve the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval and attention must be paid to neighbouring features. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.4 mm from centre to centre of the line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with symbol Contour (101).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.2</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. The labels shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, roads and railway cuttings or embankments.
The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks shall be drawn with the symbol Impassable cliff (201). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.37 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, roads and railway cuttings or embankments.
The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks shall be drawn with the symbol Impassable cliff (201). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.37 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct earth wall, usually man-made.
Larger earth walls should be represented with the symbols Contour (101), Form line (103) or Earth bank (104).
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 5,6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully or trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be represented with the symbol Earth bank (104), Contour (101), Index contour (102) or Form line (103) is represented by a single line. The end of the line is pointed. Contour lines may be broken around this symbol for better readability.
Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 2.0 mm (footprint 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench.
Contour lines should be broken around this symbol.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum length (isolated): three dots (1.6 mm - footprint 6.4 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a Contour (101), Index contour (102) or Form line (103). The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 3 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a Contour (101), Index contour (102) or Form line (103). The maximum length should be 6 m and the maximum width 2 m. Knolls larger than this shall be shown by contours. The symbol shall not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols touch or overlap. The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 2.4 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small shallow natural depression or hollow which cannot be represented by the symbol Contour (101) or Form line (103) is represented by a semicircle. The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum width: 1 m.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 2.4 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit or hole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pit or hole with distinct steep sides which cannot be represented to scale with the symbol Earth bank (104).
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum width: 1 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, single dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, dense</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, single dot, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail.
The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground. The dots shall not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas. Dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
The minimum number of dots is three.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small landform feature which is significant or prominent.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contour lines or other brown symbols.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 5.4 m x 4.6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tags are drawn downwards, showing a cliff&apos;s full extent from the top line to the foot. The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags, minimum size (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see symbol Earth bank 104).
Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.4 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines. An impassable cliff shall not be passed.
Minimum height: 1.5 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, small (rounded ends, no tags)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, top line (flat ends)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
Short tags must be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, small (rounded ends, no tags; minimum size, from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry.
A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line must be rounded to improve legibility.
Minimum height: 0.6 m.
Minimum length: 0.9 mm (footprint 3.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave (without a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rocky pit, hole, cave (without a distinct entrance) or mineshaft which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave (with a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave with distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave (with a distinct entrance) (from ISSOM)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave with distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder.
Every boulder marked on the map shall be immediately identifiable on the ground.
Footprint: 2.4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder.
Footprint: 3.6 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder or rock pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 0.75 mm2 (footprint 12 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually.
The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 0.5 m. A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders. To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 8 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (edge length 1.44 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.0 m</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually.
The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 0.5 m. A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders. To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 8 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (edge length 1.44 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.0 m</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles.
A minimum of two triangles shall be used.
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, single dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, single dot, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability.
The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features or objects. A minimum of three dots shall be used. To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots shall not be arranged to form a line.
Density: Minimum 3 dots.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of sandy ground or soft gravel with no vegetation which reduces runnability.
Where an area of sandy ground is open and has good runnability, it is represented with symbol Open land (401), Open land with scattered trees (402) or Paved area (501).
Black dots shall not interfere with black objects.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of runnable rock without earth or vegetation.
An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation shall be represented according to its openness and runnability (401/402/403/404).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour), fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant), fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicate that the feature shall not be crossed.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bordering black line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of shallow water such as a pond, river or fountain that can be crossed. The body of water should be less than 0.5 m deep and runnable.
If the body of water is not runnable it shall be represented with the symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of shallow water such as a pond, river or fountain that can be crossed. The body of water should be less than 0.5 m deep and runnable.
If the body of water is not runnable it shall be represented with the symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm
Minimum area (inside): 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
Footprint: 4.4 m x 5.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse less than 2 m wide.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint 4 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Minor / seasonal watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor watercourse which may contain water only intermittently.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4.11 mm - footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or which may constitute a danger to the competitor. The feature shall not be crossed.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or which may constitute a danger to the competitor. The feature shall not be crossed.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bordering black line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.
At least two blue lines shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol Marsh (310).
Minimum size (isolated): two dots (1 mm - footprint 4 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.
At least three blue lines shall be clearly visible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small fountain or well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small fountain or well which is at least 1 m in diameter.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 3.6 m x 3.6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of water with a distinct outflow.
The symbol is orientated to open downstream.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 2.4 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small water feature which is significant or prominent.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4.8 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of cultivated land, lawn, field, meadow, grassland, bark mulch etc. without trees, offering very good runnability.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering very good runnability.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added.
Minimum width: 2.2 mm
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using the symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering very good runnability.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added.
Minimum width: 2.2 mm
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using the symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of heath or moorland, a felled area, a newly planted area (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, i.e. heather or tall grass.
This symbol may be combined with symbols Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) and Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of rough open land with scattered trees or bushes. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets).
Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added. Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum width: 2.5 mm.
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using either the symbol Rough open land (403) or Forest (405).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of rough open land with scattered trees or bushes. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets).
Symbols Prominent large tree (417) and Prominent bush or small tree (418) may be added. Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum width: 2.5 mm.
Minimum area: 6.25 mm² (footprint 100 m²)
Smaller areas must be left out, exaggerated or shown using either the symbol Rough open land (403) or Forest (405).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum width (for openings): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²) for openings in screens of other colours, except for Vegetation: walk (408) and Open land (401), where the minimum area is 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
When runnability is better in one direction a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running. At least two white stripes shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 1 mm² (footprint 16 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: slow running, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility and reduced runnability due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches, etc.). Running speed is reduced to about 60-80% of normal speed.
This symbol shall not be combined with the symbol Vegetation: slow running (406) or Vegetation: walk (408).
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.
When runnability is better in one direction a regular pattern of white / green 30% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running. At least two stripes shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.
When runnability is better in one direction a regular pattern of white / green 30% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running. At least two stripes shall be clearly visible.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (footprint 8 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vegetation: walk, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to about 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility and reduced runnability due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches, etc.). Running speed is reduced to about 20-60% of normal speed.
This symbol shall not be combined with the symbol Vegetation: slow running (406) or Vegetation: walk (408).
Minimum width: 2 lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Impassable vegetation</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is impassable. Running speed is almost 0%.
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 5 m²). Impassable vegetation shall not be crossed.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Impassable vegetation, minimum width (hedge)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is impassable. Running speed is almost 0%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol Out-of-bounds area (709) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 3 mm.
Minimum area: 9 mm² (144 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land (black pattern)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol Out-of-bounds area (709) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 3 mm.
Minimum area: 9 mm² (144 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes, normally in regular pattern.
The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least four dots shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes, normally in regular pattern.
The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least four dots shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting.
The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting.
The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (64 m²)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of symbol cultivated land vegetation (401, 412, 413, 414) or a permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land, when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.)
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint 4 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest. For indistinct boundaries, the area edges are shown only by the change in colour and / or dot screen.
Minimum length (isolated): five dots (2,65 mm - footprint 10,6 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent large single tree.
Footprint: 4 m in diameter (OM 4.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or small tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent bush or a small single tree.
Footprint: 3.2 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vegetation feature which is significant or prominent.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.8 m (OM 7.1 m x 7.1 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, with border</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Paved area in multilevel structures, light traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Part of a multilevel structure which can be passed at two levels. The angle of the pattern is approximately 45° to the direction of the axis of the paved area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area with scattered trees or bushes in a paved area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Step or edge of paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An edge of a paved area.
Edges within paved areas are generally not represented, unless they serve navigation.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 1.4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 3 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, light traffic, footprint: 4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, with border</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Paved area in multilevel structures, heavy traffic</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Part of a multilevel structure which can be passed at two levels. The angle of the pattern is approximately 45° to the direction of the axis of the paved area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 1.4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 3 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, heavy traffic, footprint: 4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It should be bordered (or framed) by the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1), if they serve navigation. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct / gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).
Differences in the brown colour shall be used to show differences in the traffic of vehicles or pedestrians.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, footprint: 1.4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small unpaved footpath or track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small unpaved footpath or track.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (3.4 mm - footprint 13.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct path or forestry extraction track.
Minimum length: two sections of double dashes (7.9 mm - footprint 31.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride is a linear break in the forest (usually in a plantation), which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, the symbol Small unpaved footpath or track (506) shall be used.
Minimum length: two dashes (9.75 mm - footprint 39 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway is a permanent track laid with rails on which locomotives, carriages or wagons can travel.
If it is forbidden to cross or run along the railroad, the forbidden area around the railway shall be represented with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 16 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tramway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A tramway is a public vehicle running regularly along certain streets, usually on rails. The track can be easily crossed by the competitor.
Tramways are generally not represented. However, if they serve navigation or orientation, they can be represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift.
The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons. If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol Building (521) or High tower (524). In this case, the cable lines can be left out (the map shows only the pylons).

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line with pylons</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol Building (521) or High tower (524). In this case, the cable lines can be left out (the map shows only the pylons).

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bridge is a structure spanning and permitting passage over a river, chasm, road or the like.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses under bridges are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with the symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bridge is a structure spanning and permitting passage over a river, chasm, road or the like.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses under bridges are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with the symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Underpass or tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An underpass or a tunnel is a passage running underneath the ground or a building, especially a passage for pedestrians or vehicles.
Minimum length (of baseline): 2 squares (0.75 mm - footprint 3.0 m).
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;Minimum length (of baseline): 2 squares (0.75 mm - footprint 3.0 m).
If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with the symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable wall is a construction made of stone, brick, concrete etc., which can be passed.
If such a wall is higher than 1.5 m, it shall be represented with the symbol Impassable wall (515). Wide walls shall be drawn in plan shape using a ground symbol delineated by the passable wall symbol. It should be dotted if possible (minimum length around the dot 0.4 mm each side).
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 5.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable retained wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable wall which is seen only from one side. Half dot must point to the lower level.
Height is 0.6 - 1.5 m. If lower, use symbol Step or edge of paved area (501.1).
Minimum length (isolated): 2.4 mm (footprint 9.6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall or retaining wall is a wall, which fulfil the function of an enclosure or solid barrier. It shall not be crossed.
Very wide impassable walls shall be drawn in plan shape and represented with the symbol Building (521).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable fence or railing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable fence is a barrier enclosing or bordering a field, yard, etc., usually made of posts and wire or wood. It is used to prevent entrance or to confine or mark a boundary. A railing is a fencelike barrier composed of one or more horizontal rails supported by widely spaced upright poles, usually it can be slipped through.
If a fence or railing is dangerous or very difficult to cross, it shall be represented with the symbol Impassable fence or railing (518).
Minimum length (isolated): 2.2 mm (footprint 8.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence or railing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable fence or railing shall not be crossed.
If the length is shorter than 3 mm, it must be presented with the symbol Impassable wall (515).
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point (optional)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point is a gap or an opening in a fence, railing or wall, which can easily be passed through by a competitor.
Small gaps or openings which cannot easily be passed through by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area that shall not be entered such as a private area, a flower bed, a railway area etc.
No feature shall be represented in this area, except very prominent features such as railways, large buildings, or very large trees. Road entrances shall be represented clearly.
&lt;b&gt;Areas that shall not be entered totally contained within buildings shall be mapped as being a part of the building.&lt;/b&gt;
The area shall always be delineated by a boundary line (at least 0.1 mm in width).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 1 m).
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, boundary line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area that shall not be entered such as a private area, a flower bed, a railway area etc.
No feature shall be represented in this area, except very prominent features such as railways, large buildings, or very large trees. Road entrances shall be represented clearly.
&lt;b&gt;Areas that shall not be entered totally contained within buildings shall be mapped as being a part of the building.&lt;/b&gt;
The area shall always be delineated by a boundary line (at least 0.1 mm in width).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 1 m).
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof.
Buildings within symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) may just be represented in a simplified manner. Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. A building shall not be entered.
&lt;b&gt;The minimum gap between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. Boundaries in touching buildings shall not be represented.&lt;/b&gt;
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A canopy is a building construction (with a roof), normally supported by pillars, poles or walls, such as passages, gangways, courts, bus stops, gas stations or garages.
Small passable parts of buildings which cannot easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A canopy is a building construction (with a roof), normally supported by pillars, poles or walls, such as passages, gangways, courts, bus stops, gas stations or garages.
Small passable parts of buildings which cannot easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A canopy is a building construction (with a roof), normally supported by pillars, poles or walls, such as passages, gangways, courts, bus stops, gas stations or garages.
Small passable parts of buildings which cannot easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pillar is an upright shaft or structure of stone, brick or other material, relatively slender in proportion to its height and any shape in section, used as a building support.
Pillars smaller than 1 m × 1 m are generally not represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon.
Very large towers shall be represented in plan shape with the symbol Building (521).
Footprint: 8.4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Footprint: 6 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial, small monument or boundary stone</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial, small monument or boundary stone that is obvious.
Large massive monuments shall be represented in plan shape with the symbol Building (521).
Footprint: 4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack, which is free standing or attached to a tree.
Footprint: 6 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Prominent line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent man-made line feature. For example, a low pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track that is clearly visible.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2.2 mm (footprint 8.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
A prominent impassable line feature shall not be crossed.
Minimum length: 3 mm (footprint 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man-made feature which is significant or prominent.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 4.8 m x 4.8 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 1.6 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 2 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 3 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, footprint: 4 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, black, with arrow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.
&lt;b&gt;Note: this is a non-standard addition to the symbol set.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.6</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue, with arrow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm, they represent 120 m on the ground.
North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.
&lt;b&gt;Note: this is a non-standard addition to the symbol set.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control.
The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles (footprint 24 m). The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
An option for heavily building filled map is the possibility to have a white border with 0.1 or 0.15 mm in width.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number, with white border</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
An option for heavily building filled map is the possibility to have a white border with 0.1 or 0.15 mm in width.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds boundary shall not be crossed. It shall be used for temporary uncrossable boundaries used for the course setting.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
- no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 2 mm.
Minimum area: 4 mm² (footprint 64 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapeetc.) in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing section, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing section through or over a building, wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map as a linear object, according to the plan shape.
&lt;span style=&quot;color: red&quot;&gt;If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with symbol Crossing point (710.1) or Crossing section (710.2).&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Temporary construction or closed area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 714</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Obvious temporary constructions like platforms for spectators and speaker, closed area for spectators, outside restaurant areas, etc. shall be represented in plan shape. A Temporary construction or closed area shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 714</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source> Temporary construction or closed area, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 714.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Obvious temporary constructions like platforms for spectators and speaker, closed area for spectators, outside restaurant areas, etc. shall be represented in plan shape. A Temporary construction or closed area shall not be entered.
Minimum width: 0.5 mm.
Minimum area: 0.25 mm² (footprint 4 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 714.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.6</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISMTBOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green over White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with a normal contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression. They are used only where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings  or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings  or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be shown by symbol 106 is shown by a single line. The line width reflects the size of the gully. Minimum depth 1 m. The end of the line is pointed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rock pillars/cliffs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>In the case of unusual features such as rock pillars or massive cliffs or gigantic boulders, the rocks shall be shown in plan shape without tags.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder (minimum height 1 m). Every boulder marked on the map should be immediately identifiable on the ground. To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder fields / Stony ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder fields / Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground or gravel with no vegetation and where running is slow. Where an area of sandy ground is open but running is good, it is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation is shown as bare rock. An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large areas of water are shown with this symbol (blue 50%). The colour of the bank line is blue 100 %.

Small areas of water should be shown with full colour. Use symbol 302 (&quot;Pond&quot; in ISOM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small areas of water should be shown with full colour.

This is symbol &quot;302 Pond&quot; in ISOM, but is a variation of &quot;301 Lake&quot; in ISMTBOM.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse, minimum 2 m wide. The width of watercourses over 5 m wide should be shown to scale.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable small watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse (including a major drainage ditch) less than 2 m wide. For better legibility a ditch in a marsh should be drawn as a crossable watercourse (305).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the runner. A blue line surrounds the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness. Where a small marsh area should be combined with either 403/404 it is permitted to use 401/402 to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A special small water feature. The definition of the symbol must always be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, fields, meadows, grassland, etc. without trees, offering easy running. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering easy running. Areas smaller than 10 mm at the maps scale are shown as open land (401). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420). If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass. Symbol 403 may be combined with symbols 407 and 409 to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where there are scattered trees in rough open land, areas of white (or green) should appear in the tone. Such an area may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large white dots in the yellow screen. Areas smaller than 16 mm in the maps scale are shown as rough open land (403). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typically open forest for the particular type of terrain. Wherever a part of the forest is too dense to be traversed pushing or carrying a bicycle, no white should appear on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: reduced visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees (low visibility) which reduces the speed of traversing the forest pushing or carrying a bicycle significantly or even makes it impossible to traverse.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes. The dot lines may be orientated to show the
direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The green lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road with two carriageways. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road wider than 5m. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road 3-5 m wide. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: fast riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 831</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track with stabilised surface, at least 1.5 m wide. Forest road or well-maintained track with no obstacles. Speed 75-100 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 831</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: fast riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 832</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well-maintained path narrower than 1.5 m wide. Smooth, clean path with no erosion or obstacles. Speed 75-100 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 832</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: medium riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 833</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide with some reduction in speed with the possibility of small obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Speed 50-75 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 833</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: medium riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 834</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path narrower than 1.5 m wide with some reduction in speed with the possibility of small obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Speed 50-75 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 834</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: slow riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 835</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide, with obstacles that require the riders to choose their way to avoid obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Possibility of rocky surfaces. Pedaling is more difficult, riding is slowed. Skilled/fit riders will pass. Less skilled/fit riders may have to dismount. Speed 25-50 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 835</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: slow riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 836</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path narrower than 1.5 m wide, with sufficient obstacles to require the riders to choose their way to avoid obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Possibility of rocky surfaces. Pedaling is more difficult, riding is slowed. Skilled/fit riders will pass. Less skilled/fit riders may have to dismount. Speed 25-50 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 836</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: difficult to ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 837</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide, with difficult obstacles such as roots, deep sand/mud,
erosion or rocky steps. Very slow riding or impossible to ride. Skilled/fit riders may be
required to dismount. Speed max 25 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 837</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: difficult to ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 838</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path less than 1.5 m wide, with difficult obstacles such as roots, deep sand/mud, erosion or rocky steps. Very slow riding or impossible riding. Skilled/fit riders may be required to dismount. Speed max 25 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 838</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Non-ridable narrow forest rides should be represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track (tramway, truckway, etc.).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This stone wall symbol should represent all visible walls. If a stone wall is forbidden to
cross, it shall be marked with the symbol 707 (uncrossable boundary).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boarded or wire fence higher than ca 1.5 m, not crossable to the average orienteer, eg. deer fence.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>All ways through or over high fences or walls must be indicated. The symbol may also be used for a gate through or stile over a stone wall (521) or a fence (524) or a pipeline (534).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Firing range</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A firing range is shown with a special symbol to indicate the need for caution. Associated buildings are individually marked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Grave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct grave marked by a stone or shrine. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. A cemetery is shown by using grave symbols as space permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline which cannot be crossed. If an uncrossable pipeline is forbidden to cross, it shall be marked with the symbol 707 (uncrossable boundary).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon, standing above the level of the surrounding forest. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious shooting platform or seat, or small tower. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack which is free standing or built on to a tree. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol. For land access reasons these may be omitted.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. At the scale of 1:5000, 1:7500 and 1:10000 the spacing of north lines on the map should be 30 mm, while at the scale of 1:15000 and 1:20000 the spacing on the map should be 20 mm. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, cliffs, stream junctions, and path ends.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks must be placed within the frame of a map in a non-symmetrical position. In addition, a colour check should also be possible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point with focus point (in MTBO maps)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 840</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The focus point (i.e. the point in the centre of a control circle) can be used when it is necessary to clarify the exact position of a control for instance in a dense track network. The focus point shall be used in case of necessity when the exact position of a control is not clear. A focus point helps to specify the exact track where a control is situated.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 840</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line. If the symbol is used instead
of symbol 704 before or after a control, it represents an obligatory route for the
competitors. The symbol can also be used in areas where off-track riding is forbidden
to represent allowed routes that are marked in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is shown with vertical stripes. A bounding line may be drawn. The areas which may be dangerous to competitors shall be presented by this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds and forbidden to cross is shown with a zigzag. The
zigzag line should be as continuous as possible. If there is a crossing point over the
forbidden route, it shall be presented like a gate by two perpendicular lines over the
forbidden route. Also a longer crossing section shall be presented clearly on the map
by using the perpendicular lines at the end of the zigzag lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous object across tracks or paths, stairs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 843</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>These barriers must be highly visible on the map and should be overprinted in purple. The symbol should be used for all obstacles that are difficult to cross. For uncrossable barrier, symbol 844 shall be used. This symbol can be used for stairs. There is no particular stair symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 843</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable barrier / forbidden to cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 844</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for all spots that are forbidden or impossible to pass, e.g. uncrossable barriers; fences or walls that are forbidden or impossible to cross; short sections of roads, tracks or paths that are forbidden to use (for longer sections, symbol 711 shall be used). In spots where two tracks or paths almost meet, but the situation is not obvious on the map, this symbol can be used to indicate that crossing is forbidden.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 844</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small or partly ruined earth wall shall be shown with a dashed line. Minimum height is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench. Minimum depth 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (diameter of mound less than ca. 5 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (length less than 12 m and width less than 4 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. Knolls larger than this must be shown by contours. The symbol may not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols overlap. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow natural depressions and hollows (minimum diameter 2 m) which cannot be shown to scale by contours are represented by a semicircle. Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. Symbol 116 is used for man-made pits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale by symbol 106 (minimum diameter 2 m). Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, big</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The size of the dots may vary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special land form feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for a special small land form feature. The definition of the symbol must be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the runner. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑、地洞，或矿井，可能对运动员构成危险。位于符号的重心。符号必须向北正置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol should be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞与岩坑以同一个符号表示，但表示山洞时，须将其尖端指向等高线较高一侧。符号的重心位于山洞的入口。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. For gigantic boulders symbol 202 should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大而明顯的岩石。更巨大的岩石應使用符號 202.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The symbol is an equilateral triangle orientated to the north. To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol 310 (less than ca. 5 m wide).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wells and captive springs, which are clearly visible on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a stream with a distinct outflow. The symbol is orientated to open downstream.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduce running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to ca. 0-20% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable, line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line of minimum width for symbol 410.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundary of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.) is shown with a black line. A permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land is also shown with this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A large path, or old vehicle track, which is distinct on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct small path or forestry extraction track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride, less than ca. 5 m wide. A ride is a linear break in the forest (usually plantation) which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, symbols 507 or 508 should be used in place of symbol 509.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A footbridge with no path leading to it.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone wall or stone-faced bank.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined stone wall may be shown by a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wooden or wire fence less than ca. 1.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined fence may be shown with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas which are permanently forbidden to the runner are shown as out of bounds. The screen is superimposed on the normal map detail. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size shown opposite. Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, no dashes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial stone or boundary stone (or a trigonometric point in some countries) more than 0.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing on the map should be 33.33 mm which represents 500 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. For maps with other scales lines placing should be at intervals which represents a round number of meters (e.g. 50 m, 100 m, 250 m, 500 m) and the spacing should be between 20 mm and 40 mm on the map. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSkiOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. For gigantic boulders symbol 202 should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>大而明顯的岩石。更巨大的岩石應使用符號 202.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the runner. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>岩坑、地洞，或矿井，可能对运动员构成危险。位于符号的重心。符号必须向北正置。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol should be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>山洞与岩坑以同一个符号表示，但表示山洞时，须将其尖端指向等高线较高一侧。符号的重心位于山洞的入口。</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSkiOM 2019</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>路线叠印白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green for SkiO</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>黑色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>铁路符号的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>棕色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号的紫色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>轨道符号紫色下面的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>黑色 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>黑色 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>上层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>下层棕色 50%下的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充蓝色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>蓝色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>OpenOrinenteering橙色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>狭窄行车道用的绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>绿色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%/Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>黄色 100%/绿色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>黑色 25%（灰色）</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%/Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>绿色 100%/黑色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>绿色 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>绿色 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>低矮植被的绿色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>黄色上层的白色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>开阔地的黑色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>黄色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation>面状符号填充黄色 100%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 35</comment>
        <translation>黄色 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 m. A contour interval of 2.5 m may be used for flat terrains.
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A closed contour represents a knoll or a depression. A depression has to have at least one slope line. Minimum height/depth should be 1 m.
Relationships between adjacent contour lines are important. Adjacent contour lines show form and structure. Small details on contours should be avoided because they tend to hide the main features of the terrain.
Prominent features such as depressions, re-entrants, spurs, earth banks and terraces may have to be exaggerated.
Absolute height accuracy is of little importance, but the relative height difference between neighbouring features should be represented on the map as accurately as possible. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this improves the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval, and attention must be paid to neighbouring features.
The smallest bend in a contour line is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 4 m). The mouth of a re-entrant or a spur must be wider than 0.5 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 8 m).
The minimum length of a contour knoll is 0.9 mm (footprint 13.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m) outside measure. Smaller prominent knolls can be represented using symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110) or they can be exaggerated on the map to satisfy the minimum dimension.
A depression must accommodate a slope line, so the minimum length is 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m) outside measure. Smaller, prominent depressions can be represented using symbol Small depression (111) or they can be exaggerated to satisfy the minimum dimension.
Contours should be adapted (not broken) in order not to touch symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>等高的连接点。等高线之间的标准垂直距离是5米。平坦地形的等高线间距为2.5米。
在等高线的下侧可以画出坡度线，以明确坡度的方向。当使用时，他们应该放在山凹。
闭合的轮廓表示一个小山丘或洼地。凹地必须至少有一条斜线。最低高度/深度应为1米。
相邻的等高线之间的关系很重要。相邻的等高线表示形状和结构。轮廓上的小细节应该避免，因为它们往往掩盖了地形的主要特征。
如洼地、山凹、山凸、土坎和台地等突出的特征可能需要被夸大。
绝对高度精度并不重要，但相邻地物之间的相对高度差应尽可能准确地表示在地图上。允许稍微改变轮廓的高度，如果这样可以改进特征的表示。该偏差不应超过等值线间距的25%，应注意相邻特征。
等高线上的弯道最小为中线至中线0.25毫米(脚印4米)。重入中线或支线的开口，由中线至中线的宽度必须超过0.5毫米(脚印8米)。
轮廓丘的最小长度为0.9毫米(足迹13.5米)，最小宽度为0.6毫米(足迹9米)。小而突出的小山丘可以用符号Small knoll(109)或小而细长的knoll(110)来表示，也可以在地图上夸张以满足最小维度。
洼地必须能容纳一条斜坡线，因此最小长度为1.1毫米(占地16.5米)，最小宽度为0.7毫米(占地10.5米)。更小、突出的凹陷可以用符号Small depression(111)表示，也可以通过夸张来满足最小维度。
为了不接触符号小丘(109)或小伸长丘(110)，轮廓应适应(不破坏)。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A depression has to have at least one slope line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>示坡线可画在等高线较低一侧，以说明斜坡的方向。使用时，应画在山窝内。
陷地必须绘有至少一条示坡线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>计曲线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface.
An index contour may be represented as an ordinary contour line in an area with much detail. Small contour knolls and depressions are normally not represented using index contours.
The index contour level must be carefully selected in flat terrain. The ideal level for the index contour is the central contour in the most prominent slopes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>每第五条等高线须以较粗的线绘画，俾使读图者快速判读出高度差，及地势的大概形状。
在很细致的区域内，计曲线也可画成一般等高线。表示小丘或陷地的等高线通常不画成计曲线。
在平坦区域内，须小心选择计曲线的高度。计曲线的理想高度是最显著的斜坡的中央。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>等高线高度</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An index contour may have a height value assigned. A height value should only be inserted in an index contour in places where other detail is not obscured. It shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. The index value (label) shall be 1.5 mm high and represented in a sans-serif font.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>可以显示计曲线的高度。高度值不应遮挡其他细节。数字的方向应使得数字的顶部位于等高线较高一侧。高度值须为 1.5 mm 高，并以无衬线体表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>辅助等高线</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form lines are used where more information must be given about the shape of the ground. Form lines are added only where representation would be incomplete with ordinary contours. They shall not be used as intermediate contours. Only one form line should be used between neighbouring contours. It is very important that a form line fits logically into the contour system, so the start and end of a form line should be parallel to the neighbouring contours. The gaps between the form line dashes must be placed on reasonably straight sections of the form line. Form lines can be used to differentiate flat knolls and depressions from more distinct ones (minimum height / depth should be 1 m). Excessive use of form lines must be avoided as this disturbs the three-dimensional picture of the ground shape and will complicate map reading.
Minimum length (non-closed): two dashes.
Minimum length of a form line, knoll or depression: 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully which is too small to be shown using symbol Earth bank (104) is shown by a single line. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.15 mm (footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should not be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious mound or knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 7.5 m x 7.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small depression or hollow without steep sides that is too small to be shown by contours.
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 2 m.
Small depressions with steep sides are represented with symbol Pit (112).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, plan shape representation (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boulder (should be higher than 1 m), which is immediately identifiable on the ground. Groups of boulders are represented using symbol Boulder cluster (207) or a boulder field symbol (208, 209).
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to enlarge the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 6 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some
of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">大石</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. A large boulder should be more than 2 m high.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) large boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to reduce the size of the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 9 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.75 m).
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 67 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 1 m.
A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol to 120% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 10 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to use this symbol instead of regular Boulder cluster (207) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually and the runnability is affected, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A minimum of two triangles must be used.
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.6 mm.
Density: 2-3 symbols / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is not covered with ice or shall not be crossed, the colour of the area shall be 100% blue. A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is not covered with ice or shall not be crossed, the colour of the area shall be 100% blue. A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is allowed to be crossed, the colour shall be 50% blue. The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is allowed to be crossed, the colour shall be 50% blue. The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be at least 2 m wide.
Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh (in ski orienteering map)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The marshes shall be shown with the same symbol as Indistinct marsh (310) in the orienteering map specification, so that the track symbols drawn can be read more clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land that has a ground cover (grass, moss or similar) which offers better runnability than typical open forest. If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than Broken ground (113), Boulder field (208), Marsh (308) and Indistinct marsh (310).
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass offering the same runnability as typical open forest.
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m) for openings in screens of other colours, except for the following:
For openings in symbol Open land (401), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: walk (408), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: fight (410) the minimum area is 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of cultivated land vegetation (symbols 401, 412, 413, 414) or a boundary between areas of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.).
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, 0.5 mm (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (6.25 mm - footprint 94 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Without background: the same runnability as the surroundings.
Yellow 100%: easy running.
White in green: normal runnability.
Green 30%: slow running.
Green 60%: walk.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, normal runnability</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track.
If it is forbidden to run along the railway, it shall be combined with symbol Out-of-bounds route (711). If it is forbidden to cross the railway, it must be combined with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) or Out-of-bounds area (709).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 60 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The line may be broken to improve legibility.
If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.
Minimum length (isolated): 5 mm (footprint: 75 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility.
Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25 mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5 mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A significant wall of stone, concrete, wood or other materials.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall, normally more than 1.5 m high.
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable fence, normally more than 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, solid colour, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. If it is in a forest, it must be visible above the level of the surrounding forest.Towers with a larger footprint must be represented using symbol Building (521).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 21 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 15 m x 15 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线，蓝色</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>磁北线在地图上指向磁北方，与纸的一边平行。在 1:15,000 地图上，其间隔应为 20 mm, 对应实地 300 m. 倘地图放大至 1:10,000, 则磁北线间隔应为 30 mm.
如果将磁北线断开可以使地图更可读，则须将之断开，例如当磁北线会遮挡细小的特征物时。在很少水文特征的区域，可以使用蓝线。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>定向赛程的起点。三角形的中心位于赛程的确切起点。起点须为图上一个能够清晰辨认的点。三角形指向第一个控制点。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>发图点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>倘若有指定路线前往起点，则派发地图的位置以此符号表示。</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point and focus point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The focus point (i.e. the point in the centre of a control circle) shall be used to clarify the exact position of a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route that is a part of the course. It is mandatory to follow the marked route.
Minimum length: 2 dashes (4.5 mm – footprint: 67.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
– a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
– a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
– no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Equipment deposit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 715</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A deposit for spare equipment in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 715</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple SkiO Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very wide track &gt; 3.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 801</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very fast, wide ski tracks in ski centres, made with a ski trail groomer or a track leveller.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 801</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide track 1.5 - 3.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 802</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fast, skateable track made by a snow mobile, width usually 1.5 - 3.0 m. Skateable tracks
rougher and softer than the wide skateable tracks in the area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 802</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track 1.0 - 1.5 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 803</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A good track made by a snow mobile, usually 1.0 - 1.5 m wide. In steep slopes, tracks may
be made wider to reduce widening during competition.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 803</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track, slow 0.8 - 1.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 804</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rough, slow track with little snow or some brushwood. This symbol is not used in steep
slopes, if the width of the track allows using herringbone steps for uphill, or snow plowing
technique for slowing and stopping.

In order to clarify a junction, the beginning of a slow track is drawn with a short line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 804</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road covered with snow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Snowploughed, skiable roads are drawn with a normal road symbol but wider.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-
marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and
heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-
marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and
heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unploughed road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road which is not opened for traffic, no skiable track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, fill pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can be crossed but not followed.
At least two symbols must be used to mark a forbidden route.
The symbol Forbidden route (711) is drawn in a larger size in a ski orienteering map so
that it is more clearly visible in the track network.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 809</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can be crossed but not followed.
At least two symbols must be used to mark a forbidden route.
The symbol Forbidden route (711) is drawn in a larger size in a ski orienteering map so
that it is more clearly visible in the track network.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 809.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Public snow mobile route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A public and marked route for snow mobiles that may be in use during the ski orienteering competition. These routes are often uneven and of varying width and quality. The organizers must inform competitors in the competition instructions about the quality of such routes (e.g. with photographs) and ensure the safety of the competitors by temporarily closing the route, manning the route or by other means informing any snow mobile drivers about the possibility of encountering ski orienteers on the route. If the safety of the competitors can not be guaranteed, the route must be marked as forbidden and safe passages must be ensured.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, forbidden to cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can not be followed, and can not be crossed except at specially marked crossing points. Do not enter road regardless of whether the road is badly plowed, ice-covered, no traffic etc.
A route which is out-of-bounds and forbidden to cross is shown with a zigzag. The zigzag line should be as continuous as possible. If there is a crossing point over the forbidden route, it shall be presented like a gate by two perpendicular lines over the forbidden route. Also a longer crossing section shall be presented clearly on the map by using the perpendicular lines at the end of the zigzag lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Course_Design</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for control descriptions</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White above framing</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for framing</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White below framing</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>起点</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area, see also symbol 528, is shown with vertical stripes.
A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Single line for event title or classes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Optionally this block can be used as [ Classes line ] between [ Event title ] and [ Course nature ].</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Event title, two lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Event title, three lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course nature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This block describes the main parameters of a course. Its purpose is to help understand the degree of difficulty.
 - Scheme: | Course code | Length | Height climb |
 - The course length is given in kilometres rounded to the nearest 0.1 km.
 - The height climb is given in metres rounded to the nearest 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Description of individual control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Scheme of columns: |A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H|

A: Control number
B: Control code
C: Which of any similar feature
D: Control feature
E: Appearance
F: Dimensions, combinations
G: Location of the control flag
H: Other information</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Textual description of individual control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Scheme of columns: |A|B|Text|

A: Control number
B: Control code</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Thicker horizontal line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A thicker horizontal line should be used after every third description and on either side of any special instruction.

In this symbol set, you need to add this symbol manually after the start location row and after every three consequent rows of 99.3 Description of individual control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|A| Start location</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shown in first line of descriptions, using the description as if it were a control feature.

Map symbol: ISOM 701</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|A| Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Numbering of controls is in the sequence they are to be visited, unless the description is for a Score competition.

Map symbol: ISOM 703</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|B| Control code</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control code should be a number greater than 30.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Northern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| North Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| South Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more south eastern of two similar features, or the south-eastern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Southern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| South western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| North Western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Upper</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Lower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Middle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Terrace</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A level area on a slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Spur</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A contour projection or “nose” rising from the surrounding ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Re-entrant</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A contour indentation; a valley; the opposite of a spur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An abrupt change in ground level which can clearly be distinguished from its surroundings.

Map symbol: ISOM 106</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Quarry</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gravel, sand or stone working in flat or inclined ground.

Map symbol: ISOM 106</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A narrow wall of earth projecting above the surrounding terrain; may be partially stone faced, usually man-made. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined earth wall.s

Map symbols: ISOM 107, 108</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench, normally dry.

Map symbol: ISOM 109</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench, normally dry.

Map symbol: ISOM 110</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Hill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high point. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbols: ISOM 101, 111</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Knol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound. Used with symbol 8.6 to indicate a rocky knoll.

Map symbols: ISOM 112, 113</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Saddle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The low point between two higher points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A depression or hollow from which the ground rises on all sides. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbol: ISOM 114</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small, shallow, natural depression or hollow from which the ground rises on all sides.

Map symbol: ISOM 115</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pit or hole with distinct steep-sides. Usually man made. Used with symbol 8.6 to indicate a rocky pit.

Map symbols: ISOM 116, 204</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Broken ground </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Clearly disturbed ground with features too small or too numerous to be mapped individually; including animal earths.

Map symbol: ISOM 107</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ant hill (termite mound)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The mound made by ants or termites.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Cliff, Rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff or rock face. May be passable or impassable.

Map symbols: ISOM 201, 203</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Rock pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high, natural rock projection.

Map symbol: ISOM 202</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A hole in a rock face or hill side, often leading to underground workings.

Map symbol: ISOM 205</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent free-standing block of rock or stone.

Map symbols: ISOM 206, 207</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area covered by so many boulders that they cannot be individually mapped.

Map symbol: ISOM 208</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be individually mapped.

Map symbol: ISOM 209</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area covered with many small stones or rocks.

Map symbol: ISOM 210</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock with no earth or vegetation cover.

Map symbol: ISOM 212</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Narrow passage</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gap between two cliffs or rock faces that face each other.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Lake</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high point. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbol: ISOM 301</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of water.

Map symbol: ISOM 302</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A waterholed pit or depression.

Map symbol: ISOM 303</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| River, Stream, Watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or artificial watercourse with either moving or standing water.

Map symbols: ISOM 304, 305, 306</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Minor water channel, Ditch</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.

Map symbol: ISOM 307</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A narrow marsh or trickle of water, too narrow to be shown on the map with the marsh symbol.

Map symbol: ISOM 308</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A permanently wet area with marsh vegetation.

Map symbols: ISOM 309, 310, 311</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Firm ground in marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A non-marshy area within a marsh, or between two marshes.

Map symbols: ISOM 309, 310, 311</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shaft containing water or a captive spring, clearly visible on the ground. Often with some form of man-made surround.

Map symbol: ISOM 312</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a watercourse with a distinct outflow.

Map symbol: ISOM 313</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Water tank, Water trough</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man made water container.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with no trees. Grassland, a meadow or a field. Also heath or moorland.

Map symbols: ISOM 401, 403</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Semi-open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of open land with scattered trees or bushes.

Map symbols: ISOM 402, 404</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Forest corner</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The corner or tip of a forested area projecting into open land.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Clearing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of land free from trees within the forest.

Map symbols: ISOM 401, 403</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Thicket</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of forest where the tree cover or undergrowth is so dense that it is difficult to pass.

Map symbols: ISOM 408, 410</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Linear thicket</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man-made line of trees or bushes that is difficult to cross.

Map symbol: ISOM 410</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boundary between different types of trees or vegetation.

Map symbol: ISOM 416</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Copse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of trees in open ground.

Map symbols: ISOM 405, 406</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Distinctive tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unusual or distinctive tree in either open land or forest; frequently information is also given as to its type.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tree stump, Root stock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The stump of a tree. The upturned root of a fallen tree, with or without the trunk.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A metalled/asphalt surfaced or dirt road, suitable for vehicles in normal weather conditions.

Map symbols: ISOM 501, 502, 503, 504</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Track / Path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A visible route made by people or animals. Tracks may be driven by rugged vehicles.

Map symbols: ISOM 505, 506, 507, 508</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A clearly visible linear break in the forest which does not have a distinct path along it.

Map symbol: ISOM 509</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Bridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point over a watercourse, or other linear feature.

Map symbols: ISOM 512, 513</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A power or telephone line, cableway or ski lift.

Map symbols: ISOM 516, 517</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Power line pylon</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A support for power or telephone line, cableway or ski lift.

Map symbols: ISOM 516, 517</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc.

Map symbol: ISOM 518</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone boundary wall or stone faced bank. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined stone wall.

Map symbols: ISOM 519, 520, 521</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wire or wooden boundary. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined fence.

Map symbols: ISOM 522, 523, 524</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence, or pipeline, including a gate or stile.

Map symbol: ISOM 525</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A standing brick, wood or stone structure.

Map symbol: ISOM 526</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.

Map symbol: ISOM 529</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The remains of a building that has fallen down.

Map symbol: ISOM 530</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level.

Map symbols: ISOM 533, 534</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A tall metal, wooden or brick structure, usually built for forest observation.

Map symbols: ISOM 535, 536</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Shooting platform</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A structure attached to a tree where a marksman or observer can sit.

Map symbol: ISOM 536</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boundary stone, Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man made stone or pile of stones. A cairn, memorial stone, boundary stone or trigonometric point.

Map symbol: ISOM 537</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A construction for holding feed for animals.

Map symbol: ISOM 538</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Charcoal burning ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The clear remains of an area where charcoal was burned. A small level man made area on a slope. (A platform).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Monument or Statue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A monument, memorial or statue.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Building pass through</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An arcade, indoor passage or route through a building.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.24</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stairway of at least two steps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.24</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Special item</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If used, an explanation of its meaning must be supplied to competitors in the pre-race information.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Special item</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If used, an explanation of its meaning must be supplied to competitors in the pre-race information.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Country Specific features (template)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>It is not generally recommended to introduce local symbols. If local symbols are used then at events likely to attract an international entry information about them should be supplied to competitors in the pre-race details.

The default line shows a box of 5 mm by 5mm and can be removed from the final symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Low</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly low or flat at but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Hill, low.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Shallow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly shallow but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Re-entrant, shallow.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Deep</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly deep but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Pit, deep.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Overgrown</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is partially covered in undergrowth or bushes that are not indicated on the map; e.g. Ruin, overgrown.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Open</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area where the tree cover is less than the surroundings but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Marsh, open.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Rocky, Stony </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of rocky or stony ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Pit, rocky.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Marshy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of marshy ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Re-entrant, marshy.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Sandy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of sandy ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Spur, sandy.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Needle leaved</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the tree or trees associated with the control feature have needle shaped leaves; e.g. Distinctive tree, needle leaved.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Broad leaved</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the tree or trees associated with the control feature are broad-leaved; e.g. Copse, broad leaved.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Ruined</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature has fallen to ground level; e.g. Fence, ruined.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Height or Depth</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Height or Depth of the feature in metres; e.g. 2.6</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Horizontal dimensions of the feature in metres; e.g. 8 x 4</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Slash for height on slope</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use with text symbol 9.4</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Heights of two features, or on slope</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this text symbol to give two numbers in different lines.

9.3 Height on slope: Height of the feature on a slope in metres.
Use the slash symbol 9.3 for separating the numbers; e.g.

0.5/
    / 3.0

9.4 Heights of two features: Heights of two features with the control between them. Write one number above the other; e.g.

2.0
3.0</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Crossing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 10.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which two linear features cross. The two features which either cross or meet must be shown in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 10.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Junction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 10.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which two linear features meet. The two features which either cross or meet must be shown in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 10.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Bend</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where a linear feature makes a smooth change of direction; e.g. Path bend; River bend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Upper Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature extends over two or more contours and the control is located near the top; e.g. Erosion Gully, upper part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Lower Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature extends over two or more contours and the control is located near the bottom; e.g. Re-entrant, lower part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Top</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located at the highest point of the feature and this is not the usual location; e.g. Cliff, top.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Beneath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located underneath the feature; e.g. Pipeline, beneath.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Foot (no direction)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located at the lower junction of the slope of the feature and the surface of the surrounding area; e.g. Earth bank, foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Between</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located between two features; e.g. Between thickets; Between boulder and knoll. The two features which the control is between must be shown separately in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control site where First aid is available.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control site where Refreshments are available.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Radio or TV control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location of a Radio or TV control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Control check</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Manned control site where the control card is checked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route, away from control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is to be followed away from a particular control. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route, between controls</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is to be followed between controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory crossing points (or points) between two controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory passage through out of bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory route between two controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from Control to Map Exchange</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At a map exchange, or if a marked route is to be followed from a control to a map exchange, this instruction follows the last control description of the first part of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from last control to Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory route from the last control to the Finish. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from finish funnel to Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The competitor has to navigate from the last control to finish funnel, and then follow tapes. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Navigation from last control to Finish (no Taped Route)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The competitor has to navigate from the last control to finish. No tapes. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Length of special route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This is used with the special instruction (13.x) to give the distance from the last control to the end of the route (control, map exchange, or finish).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
</TS>